mirror of
				git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git
				synced 2025-09-04 20:19:47 +08:00 
			
		
		
		
	 f8252e7b5a
			
		
	
	
		f8252e7b5a
		
	
	
	
	
		
			
			Current mac80211 has provision to update tx status through ieee80211_tx_status() and ieee80211_tx_status_ext(). But drivers like ath10k updates the tx status from the skb except txrate, txrate will be updated from a different path, peer stats. Using ieee80211_tx_status_ext() in two different paths (one for the stats, one for the tx rate) would duplicate the stats instead. To avoid this stats duplication, ieee80211_tx_rate_update() is implemented. Signed-off-by: Anilkumar Kolli <akolli@codeaurora.org> [minor commit message editing, use initializers in code] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
		
			
				
	
	
		
			6145 lines
		
	
	
		
			239 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			6145 lines
		
	
	
		
			239 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
| /*
 | |
|  * mac80211 <-> driver interface
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
 | |
|  * Copyright 2006-2007	Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
 | |
|  * Copyright 2007-2010	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
 | |
|  * Copyright 2013-2014  Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
 | |
|  * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
 | |
|  * Copyright (C) 2018        Intel Corporation
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 | |
|  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
 | |
|  * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef MAC80211_H
 | |
| #define MAC80211_H
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include <linux/bug.h>
 | |
| #include <linux/kernel.h>
 | |
| #include <linux/if_ether.h>
 | |
| #include <linux/skbuff.h>
 | |
| #include <linux/ieee80211.h>
 | |
| #include <net/cfg80211.h>
 | |
| #include <net/codel.h>
 | |
| #include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
 | |
| #include <asm/unaligned.h>
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * DOC: Introduction
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
 | |
|  * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
 | |
|  * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
 | |
|  * drivers.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
 | |
|  * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
 | |
|  * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
 | |
|  * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
 | |
|  * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
 | |
|  * tasklet function.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
 | |
|  *	 use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * DOC: Warning
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
 | |
|  * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * DOC: Frame format
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
 | |
|  * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
 | |
|  * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
 | |
|  * hardware.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
 | |
|  * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
 | |
|  * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
 | |
|  * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
 | |
|  * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
 | |
|  * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
 | |
|  * suspend.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
 | |
|  * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
 | |
|  * between different stations/interfaces.
 | |
|  * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
 | |
|  * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
 | |
|  * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
 | |
|  * driver operation.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
 | |
|  * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
 | |
|  * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
 | |
|  * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame, it calls
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a queue, it
 | |
|  * calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
 | |
|  * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
 | |
|  * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
 | |
|  * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
 | |
|  * .release_buffered_frames().
 | |
|  * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
 | |
|  * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
 | |
|  * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct device;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_max_queues {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES =		16,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP =	BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE	0xff
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_AC_VO		= 0,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_AC_VI		= 1,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_AC_BE		= 2,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_AC_BK		= 3,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
 | |
|  * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
 | |
|  * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
 | |
|  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
 | |
|  * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
 | |
|  * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
 | |
|  * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
 | |
|  * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
 | |
|  * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
 | |
|  * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
 | |
| 	u16 txop;
 | |
| 	u16 cw_min;
 | |
| 	u16 cw_max;
 | |
| 	u8 aifs;
 | |
| 	bool acm;
 | |
| 	bool uapsd;
 | |
| 	bool mu_edca;
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
 | |
| 	unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
 | |
| 	unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
 | |
| 	unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
 | |
| 	unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
 | |
|  *	this is used only with channel switching with CSA
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH		= BIT(0),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS	= BIT(1),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR		= BIT(2),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL	= BIT(3),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH	= BIT(4),
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
 | |
|  * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @def: the channel definition
 | |
|  * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
 | |
|  * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
 | |
|  *	active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
 | |
|  * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
 | |
|  *	after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
 | |
|  *	this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
 | |
|  * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
 | |
|  * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
 | |
|  *	sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
 | |
| 	struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
 | |
| 	struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	bool radar_enabled;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
 | |
|  * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
 | |
|  *	exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
 | |
|  *	needs to be switched from one to the other.
 | |
|  * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
 | |
|  *      to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
 | |
|  *      will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
 | |
|  *      from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
 | |
|  *      implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
 | |
|  *      hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
 | |
|  *      will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
 | |
|  *      for changes/removal.)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
 | |
| 	CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
 | |
| 	CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
 | |
|  * needs to switch from one chanctx to another.  The
 | |
|  * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
 | |
|  * done.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
 | |
|  * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
 | |
|  * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
 | |
|  * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
 | |
|  *	also implies a change in the AID.
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
 | |
|  *	reason (IBSS and managed mode)
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
 | |
|  *	new beacon (beaconing modes)
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
 | |
|  *	enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
 | |
|  *	that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
 | |
|  *	changed
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
 | |
|  *	currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
 | |
|  *	note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
 | |
|  *	context had been assigned.
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
 | |
|  *	keep alive) changed.
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
 | |
|  * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fime timing reasurement request responder
 | |
|  *	functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_bss_change {
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC		= 1<<0,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT	= 1<<1,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE	= 1<<2,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT		= 1<<3,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_HT			= 1<<4,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES		= 1<<5,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT		= 1<<6,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_BSSID		= 1<<7,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON		= 1<<8,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED	= 1<<9,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_CQM			= 1<<10,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_IBSS		= 1<<11,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER		= 1<<12,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_QOS			= 1<<13,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_IDLE		= 1<<14,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_SSID		= 1<<15,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP	= 1<<16,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_PS			= 1<<17,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER		= 1<<18,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS		= 1<<19,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO		= 1<<20,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH		= 1<<21,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_OCB                 = 1<<22,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS		= 1<<23,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE		= 1<<24,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE		= 1<<25,
 | |
| 	BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER	= 1<<26,
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
 | |
|  * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
 | |
|  * filtering will be disabled.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| #define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
 | |
|  * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
 | |
|  * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
 | |
|  * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
 | |
|  * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
 | |
|  *	they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
 | |
|  *	once each time the timeout triggers.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_event_type {
 | |
| 	RSSI_EVENT,
 | |
| 	MLME_EVENT,
 | |
| 	BAR_RX_EVENT,
 | |
| 	BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
 | |
|  * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
 | |
|  * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
 | |
| 	RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
 | |
| 	RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
 | |
|  * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
 | |
| 	enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
 | |
|  * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
 | |
|  * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
 | |
|  * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
 | |
|  * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
 | |
| 	AUTH_EVENT,
 | |
| 	ASSOC_EVENT,
 | |
| 	DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
 | |
| 	DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
 | |
|  * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
 | |
|  * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
 | |
|  * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
 | |
| 	MLME_SUCCESS,
 | |
| 	MLME_DENIED,
 | |
| 	MLME_TIMEOUT,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
 | |
|  * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
 | |
|  * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
 | |
|  * @reason: the reason code if applicable
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
 | |
| 	enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
 | |
| 	enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
 | |
| 	u16 reason;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
 | |
|  * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
 | |
|  * @tid: the tid
 | |
|  * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_ba_event {
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
 | |
| 	u16 tid;
 | |
| 	u16 ssn;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
 | |
|  * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
 | |
|  * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
 | |
|  * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
 | |
|  * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
 | |
|  * @u:union holding the fields above
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_event {
 | |
| 	enum ieee80211_event_type type;
 | |
| 	union {
 | |
| 		struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
 | |
| 		struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
 | |
| 		struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
 | |
| 	} u;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
 | |
|  * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
 | |
| 	u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
 | |
| 	u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @lci: LCI subelement content
 | |
|  * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
 | |
|  * @lci_len: LCI data length
 | |
|  * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
 | |
| 	const u8 *lci;
 | |
| 	const u8 *civicloc;
 | |
| 	size_t lci_len;
 | |
| 	size_t civicloc_len;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
 | |
|  * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @bss_color: 6-bit value to mark inter-BSS frame, if BSS supports HE
 | |
|  * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
 | |
|  * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
 | |
|  * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
 | |
|  * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
 | |
|  *	ACK, BACK or both
 | |
|  * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
 | |
|  * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
 | |
|  * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
 | |
|  * @assoc: association status
 | |
|  * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
 | |
|  *	or not
 | |
|  * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
 | |
|  * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
 | |
|  * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
 | |
|  * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
 | |
|  * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
 | |
|  * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
 | |
|  *	valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
 | |
|  *	with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
 | |
|  * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
 | |
|  *	as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
 | |
|  *	HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
 | |
|  *	only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
 | |
|  *	association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
 | |
|  *	%BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
 | |
|  * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
 | |
|  *	the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
 | |
|  *	(see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
 | |
|  * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
 | |
|  *	is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
 | |
|  *	IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
 | |
|  *	by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
 | |
|  *	guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
 | |
|  * @beacon_int: beacon interval
 | |
|  * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
 | |
|  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
 | |
|  *	index into the rate table configured by the driver in
 | |
|  *	the current band.
 | |
|  * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
 | |
|  * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
 | |
|  * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
 | |
|  * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
 | |
|  * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
 | |
|  *	configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
 | |
|  * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
 | |
|  * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
 | |
|  *	This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
 | |
|  *	Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
 | |
|  *	be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
 | |
|  * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
 | |
|  *	implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
 | |
|  *	cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
 | |
|  *	relation to the newly configured threshold.
 | |
|  * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
 | |
|  *	implies disabled.  This is an alternative mechanism to the single
 | |
|  *	threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
 | |
|  * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
 | |
|  * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
 | |
|  * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
 | |
|  *	may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
 | |
|  *	The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
 | |
|  *	to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
 | |
|  * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
 | |
|  *	may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
 | |
|  *	array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
 | |
|  * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
 | |
|  * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
 | |
|  *	hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
 | |
|  *	your driver/device needs to do.
 | |
|  * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
 | |
|  *	offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
 | |
|  * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
 | |
|  * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
 | |
|  * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
 | |
|  * @txpower: TX power in dBm
 | |
|  * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
 | |
|  *	Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
 | |
|  *	TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
 | |
|  *	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
 | |
|  *	userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
 | |
|  *	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
 | |
|  * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
 | |
|  * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
 | |
|  *	to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
 | |
|  *	if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
 | |
|  * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
 | |
|  *	transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
 | |
|  *	In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
 | |
|  *	a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
 | |
|  * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
 | |
|  *	protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
 | |
|  *	station.
 | |
|  * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
 | |
|  *	responder functionality.
 | |
|  * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
 | |
| 	const u8 *bssid;
 | |
| 	u8 bss_color;
 | |
| 	u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
 | |
| 	bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
 | |
| 	bool uora_exists;
 | |
| 	bool ack_enabled;
 | |
| 	u8 uora_ocw_range;
 | |
| 	u16 frame_time_rts_th;
 | |
| 	bool he_support;
 | |
| 	/* association related data */
 | |
| 	bool assoc, ibss_joined;
 | |
| 	bool ibss_creator;
 | |
| 	u16 aid;
 | |
| 	/* erp related data */
 | |
| 	bool use_cts_prot;
 | |
| 	bool use_short_preamble;
 | |
| 	bool use_short_slot;
 | |
| 	bool enable_beacon;
 | |
| 	u8 dtim_period;
 | |
| 	u16 beacon_int;
 | |
| 	u16 assoc_capability;
 | |
| 	u64 sync_tsf;
 | |
| 	u32 sync_device_ts;
 | |
| 	u8 sync_dtim_count;
 | |
| 	u32 basic_rates;
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
 | |
| 	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
 | |
| 	u16 ht_operation_mode;
 | |
| 	s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
 | |
| 	u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
 | |
| 	s32 cqm_rssi_low;
 | |
| 	s32 cqm_rssi_high;
 | |
| 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
 | |
| 	__be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
 | |
| 	int arp_addr_cnt;
 | |
| 	bool qos;
 | |
| 	bool idle;
 | |
| 	bool ps;
 | |
| 	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
 | |
| 	size_t ssid_len;
 | |
| 	bool hidden_ssid;
 | |
| 	int txpower;
 | |
| 	enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
 | |
| 	bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
 | |
| 	u16 max_idle_period;
 | |
| 	bool protected_keep_alive;
 | |
| 	bool ftm_responder;
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
 | |
|  *	number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
 | |
|  *	number and increasing the sequence number only when the
 | |
|  *	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
 | |
|  *	assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
 | |
|  *	for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
 | |
|  *	that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
 | |
|  *	If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
 | |
|  *	assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
 | |
|  *	802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
 | |
|  *	beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
 | |
|  *	station
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
 | |
|  *	because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
 | |
|  *	avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
 | |
|  *	firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
 | |
|  *	went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
 | |
|  *	the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
 | |
|  *	that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
 | |
|  *	since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
 | |
|  *	hardware queue.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
 | |
|  * 	is for the whole aggregation.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
 | |
|  * 	so consider using block ack request (BAR).
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
 | |
|  *	set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
 | |
|  *	be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
 | |
|  *	that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
 | |
|  *	off-channel operation.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
 | |
|  *	used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
 | |
|  *	it can be sent out.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
 | |
|  *	used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
 | |
|  *	used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
 | |
|  *	frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
 | |
|  *	be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
 | |
|  *	transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
 | |
|  *	by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
 | |
|  *	queue gets full.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
 | |
|  *	after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
 | |
|  *	be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
 | |
|  *	code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
 | |
|  *	should kick the MLME state machine.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
 | |
|  *	MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
 | |
|  *	status to user space)
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
 | |
|  *	frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
 | |
|  *	the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
 | |
|  *	in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
 | |
|  *	handled properly by the device.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
 | |
|  *	testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
 | |
|  *	TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
 | |
|  *	This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
 | |
|  *	frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
 | |
|  *	when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
 | |
|  *	an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
 | |
|  *	the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
 | |
|  *	PS-Poll responses.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
 | |
|  *	This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
 | |
|  *	the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
 | |
|  *	would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
 | |
|  *	monitor injection).
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
 | |
|  *	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
 | |
|  *	any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
 | |
|  *	This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
 | |
|  *	behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
 | |
|  *	 forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS		= BIT(0),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ		= BIT(1),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK			= BIT(2),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT		= BIT(3),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT		= BIT(4),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM	= BIT(5),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU			= BIT(6),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED		= BIT(7),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED		= BIT(8),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK			= BIT(9),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU			= BIT(10),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK		= BIT(11),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE	= BIT(12),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK	= BIT(13),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING	= BIT(14),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED		= BIT(15),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT		= BIT(16),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER		= BIT(17),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES		= BIT(18),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION	= BIT(19),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX		= BIT(20),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX	= BIT(21),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC			= BIT(22),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC			= BIT(23) | BIT(24),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN		= BIT(25),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE	= BIT(26),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE		= BIT(27),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP		= BIT(28),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE		= BIT(29),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG		= BIT(30),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED	= BIT(31),
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT		23
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
 | |
|  *	protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
 | |
|  *	frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO	= BIT(0),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE		= BIT(1),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT		= BIT(2),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU			= BIT(3),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT		= BIT(4),
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
 | |
|  * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| #define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK |		      \
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT |    \
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU |	      \
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED |	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK |		      \
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK |	      \
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER |    \
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC |		      \
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
 | |
|  *	Rate Control algorithm.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
 | |
|  * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
 | |
|  *	This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
 | |
|  *	into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
 | |
|  *	Greenfield mode.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
 | |
|  *	(80+80 isn't supported yet)
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
 | |
|  *	adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
 | |
|  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS		= BIT(0),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT		= BIT(1),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= BIT(2),
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS			= BIT(3),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD		= BIT(4),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH		= BIT(5),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA		= BIT(6),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI		= BIT(7),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS			= BIT(8),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH		= BIT(9),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH		= BIT(10),
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
 | |
| #define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
 | |
| #define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* maximum number of rate stages */
 | |
| #define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES	4
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* maximum number of rate table entries */
 | |
| #define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE	4
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
 | |
|  * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
 | |
|  * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
 | |
|  * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
 | |
|  * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
 | |
|  * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
 | |
|  * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
 | |
|  * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
 | |
|  * information::
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *    { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
 | |
|  * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
 | |
|  * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
 | |
|  * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
 | |
|  * information should then contain::
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
 | |
|  * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
 | |
| 	s8 idx;
 | |
| 	u16 count:5,
 | |
| 	    flags:11;
 | |
| } __packed;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY		31
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
 | |
| 					  u8 mcs, u8 nss)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
 | |
| 	WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
 | |
| 	rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline u8
 | |
| ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return rate->idx & 0xF;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline u8
 | |
| ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
 | |
|  *  (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
 | |
|  *  (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
 | |
|  *  (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
 | |
|  * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
 | |
|  * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
 | |
|  * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
 | |
|  * @control: union for control data
 | |
|  * @status: union for status data
 | |
|  * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
 | |
|  * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
 | |
|  * 	relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
 | |
|  * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
 | |
|  * 	relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
 | |
|  * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_tx_info {
 | |
| 	/* common information */
 | |
| 	u32 flags;
 | |
| 	u8 band;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	u8 hw_queue;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	u16 ack_frame_id;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	union {
 | |
| 		struct {
 | |
| 			union {
 | |
| 				/* rate control */
 | |
| 				struct {
 | |
| 					struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
 | |
| 						IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
 | |
| 					s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
 | |
| 					u8 use_rts:1;
 | |
| 					u8 use_cts_prot:1;
 | |
| 					u8 short_preamble:1;
 | |
| 					u8 skip_table:1;
 | |
| 					/* 2 bytes free */
 | |
| 				};
 | |
| 				/* only needed before rate control */
 | |
| 				unsigned long jiffies;
 | |
| 			};
 | |
| 			/* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
 | |
| 			struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
 | |
| 			struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
 | |
| 			u32 flags;
 | |
| 			codel_time_t enqueue_time;
 | |
| 		} control;
 | |
| 		struct {
 | |
| 			u64 cookie;
 | |
| 		} ack;
 | |
| 		struct {
 | |
| 			struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
 | |
| 			s32 ack_signal;
 | |
| 			u8 ampdu_ack_len;
 | |
| 			u8 ampdu_len;
 | |
| 			u8 antenna;
 | |
| 			u16 tx_time;
 | |
| 			bool is_valid_ack_signal;
 | |
| 			void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
 | |
| 		} status;
 | |
| 		struct {
 | |
| 			struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
 | |
| 				IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
 | |
| 			u8 pad[4];
 | |
| 
 | |
| 			void *rate_driver_data[
 | |
| 				IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
 | |
| 		};
 | |
| 		void *driver_data[
 | |
| 			IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
 | |
| 	};
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
 | |
|  * @info: Basic tx status information
 | |
|  * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_tx_status {
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
 | |
| 	struct sk_buff *skb;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
 | |
|  * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
 | |
|  * and the ones generated by mac80211.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
 | |
|  * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
 | |
|  * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
 | |
|  * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
 | |
| 	const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
 | |
| 	size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
 | |
| 	const u8 *common_ies;
 | |
| 	size_t common_ie_len;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
 | |
|  * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
 | |
|  * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
 | |
|  * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
 | |
|  *	 info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
 | |
|  *	 instead if you need only the less space that allows.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline void
 | |
| ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	int i;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
 | |
| 		     offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
 | |
| 	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
 | |
| 		     offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
 | |
| 	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
 | |
| 	/* clear the rate counts */
 | |
| 	for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
 | |
| 		info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	BUILD_BUG_ON(
 | |
| 	    offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
 | |
| 	memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
 | |
| 	       sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
 | |
| 	       offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
 | |
|  *	Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
 | |
|  *	verification has been done by the hardware.
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
 | |
|  *	If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
 | |
|  *	hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
 | |
|  *	flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
 | |
|  *	Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
 | |
|  *	is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
 | |
|  *	de-duplication by itself.
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
 | |
|  *	the frame.
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
 | |
|  *	the frame.
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
 | |
|  *	field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
 | |
|  *	was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
 | |
|  *	merging.
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
 | |
|  *	field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
 | |
|  *	(including FCS) was received.
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
 | |
|  *	field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
 | |
|  *	Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
 | |
|  *	number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
 | |
|  *	each A-MPDU
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
 | |
|  *	subframes of a single A-MPDU
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
 | |
|  *	on this subframe
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
 | |
|  *	is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
 | |
|  *	done by the hardware
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
 | |
|  *	processing it in any regular way.
 | |
|  *	This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
 | |
|  *	them for sniffing purposes.
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
 | |
|  *	monitor interfaces.
 | |
|  *	This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
 | |
|  *	them for sniffing purposes.
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
 | |
|  *	subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
 | |
|  *	All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
 | |
|  *	if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
 | |
|  *	the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
 | |
|  *	deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
 | |
|  *	subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
 | |
|  *	either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
 | |
|  *	interleaved with other frames.
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
 | |
|  *	radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
 | |
|  *	the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
 | |
|  *	This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
 | |
|  *	the first subframe.
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
 | |
|  *	be done in the hardware.
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
 | |
|  *	frame
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
 | |
|  *	(&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
 | |
|  *	 - DATA3_DATA_MCS
 | |
|  *	 - DATA3_DATA_DCM
 | |
|  *	 - DATA3_CODING
 | |
|  *	 - DATA5_GI
 | |
|  *	 - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
 | |
|  *	 - DATA6_NSTS
 | |
|  *	 - DATA3_STBC
 | |
|  *	from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
 | |
|  *	(&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
 | |
|  * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
 | |
|  *	the "0-length PSDU" field included there.  The value for it is
 | |
|  *	in &struct ieee80211_rx_status.  Note that if this value isn't
 | |
|  *	known the frame shouldn't be reported.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum mac80211_rx_flags {
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR		= BIT(0),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED		= BIT(1),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START	= BIT(2),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED		= BIT(3),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED		= BIT(4),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC		= BIT(5),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC 	= BIT(6),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START		= BIT(7),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL		= BIT(8),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS		= BIT(9),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED		= BIT(10),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED		= BIT(11),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN	= BIT(12),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST		= BIT(13),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR	= BIT(14),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN	= BIT(15),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END		= BIT(16),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR		= BIT(17),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR		= BIT(18),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE		= BIT(19),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA	= BIT(20),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED		= BIT(21),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN		= BIT(22),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED		= BIT(23),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT		= BIT(24),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN	= BIT(25),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE		= BIT(26),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU		= BIT(27),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG		= BIT(28),
 | |
| 	RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU			= BIT(29),
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
 | |
|  * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
 | |
|  * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
 | |
|  *	if the driver fills this value it should add
 | |
|  *	%IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
 | |
|  *	to hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact
 | |
|  * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
 | |
|  * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
 | |
|  * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
 | |
| 	RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE		= BIT(0),
 | |
| 	RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI		= BIT(2),
 | |
| 	RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF		= BIT(3),
 | |
| 	RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK		= BIT(4) | BIT(5),
 | |
| 	RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC		= BIT(6),
 | |
| 	RX_ENC_FLAG_BF			= BIT(7),
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT		4
 | |
| 
 | |
| enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
 | |
| 	RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
 | |
| 	RX_ENC_HT,
 | |
| 	RX_ENC_VHT,
 | |
| 	RX_ENC_HE,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
 | |
|  * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
 | |
|  * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
 | |
|  * 	(TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
 | |
|  * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
 | |
|  *	needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
 | |
|  * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
 | |
|  *	it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
 | |
|  * @band: the active band when this frame was received
 | |
|  * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
 | |
|  *	This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
 | |
|  *	for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
 | |
|  * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
 | |
|  *	unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
 | |
|  *	@IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
 | |
|  * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
 | |
|  *	values were filled.
 | |
|  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
 | |
|  *	support dB or unspecified units)
 | |
|  * @antenna: antenna used
 | |
|  * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
 | |
|  *	HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
 | |
|  * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
 | |
|  * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
 | |
|  * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
 | |
|  * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
 | |
|  * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
 | |
|  * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
 | |
|  * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
 | |
|  * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
 | |
|  * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
 | |
|  * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
 | |
|  *	each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
 | |
|  * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
 | |
|  * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_rx_status {
 | |
| 	u64 mactime;
 | |
| 	u64 boottime_ns;
 | |
| 	u32 device_timestamp;
 | |
| 	u32 ampdu_reference;
 | |
| 	u32 flag;
 | |
| 	u16 freq;
 | |
| 	u8 enc_flags;
 | |
| 	u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
 | |
| 	u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
 | |
| 	u8 rate_idx;
 | |
| 	u8 nss;
 | |
| 	u8 rx_flags;
 | |
| 	u8 band;
 | |
| 	u8 antenna;
 | |
| 	s8 signal;
 | |
| 	u8 chains;
 | |
| 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
 | |
| 	u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
 | |
| 	u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
 | |
|  * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
 | |
|  *	(this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
 | |
|  *	 bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
 | |
|  * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
 | |
|  *	alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
 | |
|  *	description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
 | |
|  *	Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
 | |
|  * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
 | |
|  * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
 | |
|  * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
 | |
|  *	then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
 | |
|  *	@data field.
 | |
|  * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
 | |
|  *	the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
 | |
|  *	length
 | |
|  * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
 | |
|  * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
 | |
|  * data.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
 | |
| 	u32 present;
 | |
| 	u8 align;
 | |
| 	u8 oui[3];
 | |
| 	u8 subns;
 | |
| 	u8 pad;
 | |
| 	u16 len;
 | |
| 	u8 data[];
 | |
| } __packed;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Flags to define PHY configuration options
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
 | |
|  *	to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
 | |
|  *	or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
 | |
|  *	This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
 | |
|  *	meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
 | |
|  *	transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
 | |
|  *	Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
 | |
|  *	driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
 | |
|  *	for more.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
 | |
|  *	the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
 | |
|  *	may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
 | |
|  *	be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
 | |
|  *	it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
 | |
|  *	operating channel.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR		= (1<<0),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_CONF_PS		= (1<<1),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE		= (1<<2),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL	= (1<<3),
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
 | |
|  *	Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
 | |
|  *	otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS		= BIT(1),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL	= BIT(2),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR		= BIT(3),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS		= BIT(4),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER		= BIT(5),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL		= BIT(6),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS	= BIT(7),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE		= BIT(8),
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* keep last */
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @flags: configuration flags defined above
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
 | |
|  * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
 | |
|  *	in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
 | |
|  *	has been received and the DTIM period is known.
 | |
|  * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
 | |
|  *	powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
 | |
|  *	the CONF_PS flag is set.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
 | |
|  *	value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
 | |
|  * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
 | |
|  *	(a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
 | |
|  *	but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
 | |
|  * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
 | |
|  *	frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
 | |
|  *	number of transmissions not the number of retries
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
 | |
|  *	%IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
 | |
|  *	configured for an HT channel.
 | |
|  *	Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
 | |
|  *	otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_conf {
 | |
| 	u32 flags;
 | |
| 	int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	u16 listen_interval;
 | |
| 	u8 ps_dtim_period;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
 | |
| 	bool radar_enabled;
 | |
| 	enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
 | |
|  * operation.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
 | |
|  *	Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
 | |
|  *	announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
 | |
|  *	the driver passed into mac80211.
 | |
|  * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
 | |
|  *	rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
 | |
|  * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
 | |
|  *	scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
 | |
|  * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
 | |
|  * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
 | |
| 	u64 timestamp;
 | |
| 	u32 device_timestamp;
 | |
| 	bool block_tx;
 | |
| 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
 | |
| 	u8 count;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
 | |
|  *	on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
 | |
|  *	monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
 | |
|  *	connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
 | |
|  *	provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
 | |
|  *	interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
 | |
|  *	but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
 | |
|  *	only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
 | |
|  *	and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
 | |
|  *	this is not pure P2P vif.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER		= BIT(0),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI		= BIT(1),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD		= BIT(2),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE		= BIT(3),
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
 | |
|  * use during the life of a virtual interface.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @type: type of this virtual interface
 | |
|  * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
 | |
|  *	or the BSS we're associated to
 | |
|  * @addr: address of this interface
 | |
|  * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
 | |
|  *	interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
 | |
|  * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
 | |
|  *	write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
 | |
|  *	for read access.
 | |
|  * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
 | |
|  * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
 | |
|  *	these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
 | |
|  *	or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
 | |
|  *	at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
 | |
|  * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
 | |
|  * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
 | |
|  * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
 | |
|  *	when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
 | |
|  *	path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
 | |
|  *	be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
 | |
|  *	processed after it switches back to %NULL.
 | |
|  * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
 | |
|  *	interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
 | |
|  *	monitor interface (if that is requested.)
 | |
|  * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
 | |
|  *	interface.
 | |
|  * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
 | |
|  *	sizeof(void \*).
 | |
|  * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
 | |
|  * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
 | |
|  *	protected by fq->lock.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_vif {
 | |
| 	enum nl80211_iftype type;
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
 | |
| 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
 | |
| 	bool p2p;
 | |
| 	bool csa_active;
 | |
| 	bool mu_mimo_owner;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	u8 cab_queue;
 | |
| 	u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	u32 driver_flags;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
 | |
| 	struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	unsigned int probe_req_reg;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* must be last */
 | |
| 	u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
 | |
| {
 | |
| #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
 | |
| 	return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 	return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
 | |
|  * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
 | |
|  * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
 | |
|  * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
 | |
|  * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
 | |
|  * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
 | |
|  * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
 | |
|  * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
 | |
|  * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
 | |
|  * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
 | |
|  *	driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
 | |
|  *	particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
 | |
|  *	will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
 | |
|  *	the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
 | |
|  *	generation in software.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
 | |
|  *	that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
 | |
|  *	CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
 | |
|  *	(MFP) to be done in software.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
 | |
|  *	if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
 | |
|  *	itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
 | |
|  *	@IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
 | |
|  *	not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
 | |
|  *	MIC.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
 | |
|  *	management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
 | |
|  *	crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
 | |
|  *	properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
 | |
|  *	fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
 | |
|  *	RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
 | |
|  *	%IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
 | |
|  *	driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
 | |
|  *	only for managment frames (MFP).
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
 | |
|  *	driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
 | |
|  *	be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
 | |
|  *	a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
 | |
|  *	@IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_key_flags {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT	= BIT(0),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV		= BIT(1),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC	= BIT(2),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE		= BIT(3),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX		= BIT(4),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE		= BIT(5),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT		= BIT(6),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM	= BIT(7),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE	= BIT(8),
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
 | |
|  * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
 | |
|  *	wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
 | |
|  *	encrypted in hardware.
 | |
|  * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
 | |
|  * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
 | |
|  *	needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
 | |
|  * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
 | |
|  * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
 | |
|  * @keylen: key material length
 | |
|  * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
 | |
|  * 	data block:
 | |
|  * 	- Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
 | |
|  * 	- Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
 | |
|  * 	- Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
 | |
|  * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
 | |
|  * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_key_conf {
 | |
| 	atomic64_t tx_pn;
 | |
| 	u32 cipher;
 | |
| 	u8 icv_len;
 | |
| 	u8 iv_len;
 | |
| 	u8 hw_key_idx;
 | |
| 	s8 keyidx;
 | |
| 	u16 flags;
 | |
| 	u8 keylen;
 | |
| 	u8 key[0];
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN	16
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
 | |
| #define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
 | |
|  * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
 | |
|  *	reverse order than in packet)
 | |
|  * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
 | |
|  *	reverse order than in packet)
 | |
|  * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
 | |
|  *	reverse order than in packet)
 | |
|  * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
 | |
|  *	reverse order than in packet)
 | |
|  * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_key_seq {
 | |
| 	union {
 | |
| 		struct {
 | |
| 			u32 iv32;
 | |
| 			u16 iv16;
 | |
| 		} tkip;
 | |
| 		struct {
 | |
| 			u8 pn[6];
 | |
| 		} ccmp;
 | |
| 		struct {
 | |
| 			u8 pn[6];
 | |
| 		} aes_cmac;
 | |
| 		struct {
 | |
| 			u8 pn[6];
 | |
| 		} aes_gmac;
 | |
| 		struct {
 | |
| 			u8 pn[6];
 | |
| 		} gcmp;
 | |
| 		struct {
 | |
| 			u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
 | |
| 			u8 seq_len;
 | |
| 		} hw;
 | |
| 	};
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
 | |
|  * the secure packet crypto handling.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
 | |
|  * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
 | |
|  * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
 | |
|  * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
 | |
|  * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
 | |
|  * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
 | |
|  * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
 | |
|  * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
 | |
|  *     key_idx value calculation:
 | |
|  *      (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
 | |
|  * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
 | |
| 	u32 cipher;
 | |
| 	u16 iftype;
 | |
| 	u8 hdr_len;
 | |
| 	u8 pn_len;
 | |
| 	u8 pn_off;
 | |
| 	u8 key_idx_off;
 | |
| 	u8 key_idx_mask;
 | |
| 	u8 key_idx_shift;
 | |
| 	u8 mic_len;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum set_key_cmd - key command
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
 | |
|  * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @SET_KEY: a key is set
 | |
|  * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum set_key_cmd {
 | |
| 	SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
 | |
|  *	this is a special state for add/remove transitions
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_sta_state {
 | |
| 	/* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
 | |
|  *	(including 80+80 MHz)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
 | |
|  *	correctly, the values must be sorted.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
 | |
|  * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
 | |
|  *	Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
 | |
| 	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
 | |
| 	struct {
 | |
| 		s8 idx;
 | |
| 		u8 count;
 | |
| 		u8 count_cts;
 | |
| 		u8 count_rts;
 | |
| 		u16 flags;
 | |
| 	} rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
 | |
|  * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
 | |
|  * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
 | |
|  * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
 | |
|  * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
 | |
|  * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @addr: MAC address
 | |
|  * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
 | |
|  * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
 | |
|  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
 | |
|  * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
 | |
|  * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
 | |
|  * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
 | |
|  *	that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
 | |
|  *	Can be modified by driver.
 | |
|  * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
 | |
|  *	otherwise always false)
 | |
|  * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
 | |
|  *	sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
 | |
|  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
 | |
|  *	if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
 | |
|  *	IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
 | |
|  * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
 | |
|  * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
 | |
|  * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
 | |
|  *	station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
 | |
|  *	notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
 | |
|  *	the station moves to associated state.
 | |
|  * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
 | |
|  * @rates: rate control selection table
 | |
|  * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
 | |
|  * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
 | |
|  *	valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
 | |
|  * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
 | |
|  * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
 | |
|  *	A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
 | |
|  *	unlimited.
 | |
|  * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
 | |
|  * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
 | |
|  * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
 | |
|  * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
 | |
|  *	the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_sta {
 | |
| 	u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
 | |
| 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
 | |
| 	u16 aid;
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
 | |
| 	u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
 | |
| 	bool wme;
 | |
| 	u8 uapsd_queues;
 | |
| 	u8 max_sp;
 | |
| 	u8 rx_nss;
 | |
| 	enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
 | |
| 	enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
 | |
| 	bool tdls;
 | |
| 	bool tdls_initiator;
 | |
| 	bool mfp;
 | |
| 	u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/**
 | |
| 	 * @max_amsdu_len:
 | |
| 	 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
 | |
| 	 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
 | |
| 	 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
 | |
| 	 *   A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
 | |
| 	 * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
 | |
| 	 *   size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
 | |
| 	 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
 | |
| 	 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	u16 max_amsdu_len;
 | |
| 	bool support_p2p_ps;
 | |
| 	u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
 | |
| 	u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* must be last */
 | |
| 	u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
 | |
|  * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
 | |
|  * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum sta_notify_cmd {
 | |
| 	STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
 | |
|  * 	it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_tx_control {
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
 | |
|  * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
 | |
|  *	%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
 | |
|  * @ac: the AC for this queue
 | |
|  * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_txq {
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
 | |
| 	u8 tid;
 | |
| 	u8 ac;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* must be last */
 | |
| 	u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
 | |
|  * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
 | |
|  * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
 | |
|  * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
 | |
|  * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
 | |
|  *	The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
 | |
|  *	controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
 | |
|  *	should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
 | |
|  *	will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
 | |
|  *	algorithm.
 | |
|  *	Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
 | |
|  *	callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
 | |
|  *	the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
 | |
|  *	@use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
 | |
|  *	timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
 | |
|  *	CCK frames.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
 | |
|  *	Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
 | |
|  *	the FCS at the end.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
 | |
|  *	Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
 | |
|  *	for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
 | |
|  *	rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
 | |
|  *	to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
 | |
|  *	multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
 | |
|  *	the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
 | |
|  *	Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
 | |
|  *	expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
 | |
|  *	If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
 | |
|  *	Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
 | |
|  *	one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
 | |
|  *	between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
 | |
|  * 	Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
 | |
|  * 	Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
 | |
|  *	Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
 | |
|  *	Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
 | |
|  *	Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
 | |
|  *	stack support for dynamic PS.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
 | |
|  *	Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
 | |
|  *	Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
 | |
|  *	Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
 | |
|  *	the stack.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
 | |
|  *	The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
 | |
|  *	periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
 | |
|  *	This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
 | |
|  *	dtim_period).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
 | |
|  *	per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
 | |
|  *	the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
 | |
|  *	to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
 | |
|  *	possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
 | |
|  *	only in that case.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
 | |
|  *	autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
 | |
|  *	this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
 | |
|  *	stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
 | |
|  *	Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
 | |
|  *	the PS mode of connected stations.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
 | |
|  *	setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
 | |
|  *	software.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
 | |
|  *	a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
 | |
|  *	active interfaces.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
 | |
|  *	be created.  It is expected user-space will create vifs as
 | |
|  *	desired (and thus have them named as desired).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
 | |
|  *	crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
 | |
|  *	try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
 | |
|  *	the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
 | |
|  *	supported cipher suites.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
 | |
|  *	this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
 | |
|  *	for frames.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
 | |
|  *	queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
 | |
|  *	for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
 | |
|  *	control for more details.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
 | |
|  *	selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
 | |
|  *	P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
 | |
|  *	is supported.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
 | |
|  *	only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
 | |
|  *	and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
 | |
|  *	using aggregation for such frames.)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
 | |
|  *	for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
 | |
|  *	is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
 | |
|  *	CSA frame.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
 | |
|  *	or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
 | |
|  *	in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
 | |
|  *	than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
 | |
|  *	within A-MPDU.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
 | |
|  *	for sent beacons.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
 | |
|  *	station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
 | |
|  *	by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
 | |
|  *	from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
 | |
|  *	reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
 | |
|  *	order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
 | |
|  *	timeout.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
 | |
|  *	which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
 | |
|  *	A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
 | |
|  *	When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
 | |
|  *	limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
 | |
|  *	max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
 | |
|  *	skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
 | |
|  *	by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
 | |
|  *	drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
 | |
|  *	is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
 | |
|  *	The stack will not do fragmentation.
 | |
|  *	The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
 | |
|  *	TDLS links.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
 | |
|  *	mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
 | |
|  *	deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
 | |
|  *	beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
 | |
|  *	virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
 | |
|  *	the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
 | |
|  *	deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
 | |
|  *	support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
 | |
|  *	course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
 | |
|  *	extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
 | |
|  *	the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
 | |
|  *	but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
 | |
|  *	See also the documentation for that flag.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
 | |
|  *	MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
 | |
|  *	TXQs to start with.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* keep last, obviously */
 | |
| 	NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
 | |
|  * information for an 802.11 PHY.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
 | |
|  *	802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
 | |
|  *	members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
 | |
|  *	and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
 | |
|  *	bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
 | |
|  *	along with this structure.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
 | |
|  *	for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
 | |
|  *	Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
 | |
|  *	only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
 | |
|  *	that HW supports
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
 | |
|  *	data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
 | |
|  *	queues need to have configurable access parameters.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
 | |
|  *	If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
 | |
|  *	set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
 | |
|  *	within &struct ieee80211_vif.
 | |
|  * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
 | |
|  *	within &struct ieee80211_sta.
 | |
|  * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
 | |
|  *	within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
 | |
|  * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
 | |
|  *	within @struct ieee80211_txq.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
 | |
|  *	can handle.
 | |
|  * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
 | |
|  *	the hw can report back.
 | |
|  * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
 | |
|  *	sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
 | |
|  *	aggregation.
 | |
|  *	This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
 | |
|  *	number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
 | |
|  *	it shouldn't be set.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
 | |
|  *	aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
 | |
|  *	advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
 | |
|  *	the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
 | |
|  *	with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
 | |
|  *	For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
 | |
|  *	of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
 | |
|  *	(if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
 | |
|  *	reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
 | |
|  *	include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
 | |
|  *	adding _BW is supported today.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
 | |
|  *	the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
 | |
|  *	Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
 | |
|  *	'units_pos' member is set to a non-negative value it must be set to
 | |
|  *	a combination of a IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
 | |
|  *	IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value, and then the timestamp
 | |
|  *	field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
 | |
|  *	device_timestamp. If the 'accuracy' member is non-negative, it's put
 | |
|  *	into the accuracy radiotap field and the accuracy known flag is set.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
 | |
|  *	from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
 | |
|  *	other features will be rejected during HW registration.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
 | |
|  *	for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
 | |
|  *	enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
 | |
|  *	Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
 | |
|  *	that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
 | |
|  *	neither enabled.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
 | |
|  *	deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
 | |
|  *	Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
 | |
|  * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
 | |
|  *	supported by HW.
 | |
|  * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
 | |
|  *	device.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
 | |
|  *	them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
 | |
|  *	unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_hw {
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_conf conf;
 | |
| 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
 | |
| 	const char *rate_control_algorithm;
 | |
| 	void *priv;
 | |
| 	unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
 | |
| 	unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
 | |
| 	unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
 | |
| 	int vif_data_size;
 | |
| 	int sta_data_size;
 | |
| 	int chanctx_data_size;
 | |
| 	int txq_data_size;
 | |
| 	u16 queues;
 | |
| 	u16 max_listen_interval;
 | |
| 	s8 max_signal;
 | |
| 	u8 max_rates;
 | |
| 	u8 max_report_rates;
 | |
| 	u8 max_rate_tries;
 | |
| 	u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
 | |
| 	u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
 | |
| 	u8 max_tx_fragments;
 | |
| 	u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
 | |
| 	u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
 | |
| 	u16 radiotap_vht_details;
 | |
| 	struct {
 | |
| 		int units_pos;
 | |
| 		s16 accuracy;
 | |
| 	} radiotap_timestamp;
 | |
| 	netdev_features_t netdev_features;
 | |
| 	u8 uapsd_queues;
 | |
| 	u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
 | |
| 	u8 n_cipher_schemes;
 | |
| 	const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
 | |
| 	u8 max_nan_de_entries;
 | |
| 	u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				       enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
 | |
| }
 | |
| #define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg)	_ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				     enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
 | |
| }
 | |
| #define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg)	_ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
 | |
|  * @req: cfg80211 request.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_scan_request {
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* Keep last */
 | |
| 	struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
 | |
|  * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
 | |
|  * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
 | |
|  * @status: channel-switch response status
 | |
|  * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
 | |
|  * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
 | |
|  * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
 | |
|  * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
 | |
|  * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
 | |
| 	struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
 | |
| 	u8 action_code;
 | |
| 	u32 status;
 | |
| 	u32 timestamp;
 | |
| 	u16 switch_time;
 | |
| 	u16 switch_timeout;
 | |
| 	struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
 | |
| 	u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
 | |
|  * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
 | |
|  * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
 | |
|  * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
 | |
|  * is already used internally by mac80211.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
 | |
|  * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
 | |
|  * @addr: the address to set
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
 | |
| ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 		      const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
 | |
| 		return NULL;
 | |
| 	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
 | |
| ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			   const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
 | |
| 		return NULL;
 | |
| 	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
 | |
| ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			     const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
 | |
| 		return NULL;
 | |
| 	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware
 | |
|  * @skb: the skb
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
 | |
|  * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
 | |
|  * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
 | |
|  * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
 | |
|  * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
 | |
|  * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
 | |
|  * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
 | |
|  * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
 | |
|  * VLANs are configured for an access point.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
 | |
|  * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
 | |
|  * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
 | |
|  * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
 | |
|  * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
 | |
|  * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
 | |
|  * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
 | |
|  * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
 | |
|  * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
 | |
|  * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
 | |
|  * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
 | |
|  * based on the receive flags.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
 | |
|  * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
 | |
|  * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
 | |
|  * keys.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
 | |
|  * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
 | |
|  * handler.
 | |
|  * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
 | |
|  * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
 | |
|  * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
 | |
|  * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
 | |
|  * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
 | |
|  * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
 | |
|  * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
 | |
|  * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
 | |
|  * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to to following
 | |
|  * requirements:
 | |
|  * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
 | |
|       mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
 | |
|       completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
 | |
|    2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
 | |
|       at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
 | |
|    3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
 | |
|       encrypted with the new key and
 | |
|    4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
 | |
|    Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * DOC: Powersave support
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
 | |
|  * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
 | |
|  * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
 | |
|  * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
 | |
|  * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
 | |
|  * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
 | |
|  * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
 | |
|  * it finds traffic directed to it.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
 | |
|  * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
 | |
|  * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
 | |
|  * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
 | |
|  * back to sleep at appropriate times.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
 | |
|  * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
 | |
|  * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
 | |
|  * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
 | |
|  * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
 | |
|  * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
 | |
|  * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
 | |
|  * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
 | |
|  * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
 | |
|  * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
 | |
|  * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
 | |
|  * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
 | |
|  * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
 | |
|  * periods.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
 | |
|  * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
 | |
|  * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
 | |
|  * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
 | |
|  * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
 | |
|  * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
 | |
|  * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
 | |
|  * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
 | |
|  * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
 | |
|  * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
 | |
|  * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
 | |
|  * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
 | |
|  * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
 | |
|  * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
 | |
|  * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
 | |
|  * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * DOC: Beacon filter support
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
 | |
|  * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
 | |
|  * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
 | |
|  * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
 | |
|  * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
 | |
|  * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
 | |
|  * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
 | |
|  * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
 | |
|  * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
 | |
|  * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
 | |
|  * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
 | |
|  * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
 | |
|  * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
 | |
|  * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
 | |
|  * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
 | |
|  * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
 | |
|  * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *  - a list of information element IDs
 | |
|  *  - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
 | |
|  * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
 | |
|  * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
 | |
|  * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
 | |
|  * vendor information elements.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
 | |
|  * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
 | |
|  * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
 | |
|  * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
 | |
|  * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
 | |
|  * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
 | |
|  * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
 | |
|  * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
 | |
|  * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
 | |
|  * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
 | |
|  * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
 | |
|  * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
 | |
|  * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
 | |
|  * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
 | |
|  * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
 | |
|  * signal strength threshold checking.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
 | |
|  * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
 | |
|  * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
 | |
|  * "11.2.3 SM power save".
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
 | |
|  * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
 | |
|  * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
 | |
|  * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
 | |
|  * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
 | |
|  * hardware flags.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
 | |
|  * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
 | |
|  * turned off otherwise.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
 | |
|  * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
 | |
|  * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
 | |
|  * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * DOC: Frame filtering
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
 | |
|  * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
 | |
|  * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
 | |
|  * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
 | |
|  * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
 | |
|  * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
 | |
|  * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
 | |
|  * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
 | |
|  * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
 | |
|  * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
 | |
|  * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
 | |
|  * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
 | |
|  * @total_flags with the new flag states.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
 | |
|  * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
 | |
|  * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
 | |
|  * or dropped.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
 | |
|  * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
 | |
|  * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
 | |
|  * the flag, but not clear it.
 | |
|  * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
 | |
|  * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
 | |
|  * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
 | |
|  * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
 | |
|  * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
 | |
|  * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
 | |
|  * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
 | |
|  * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
 | |
|  * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
 | |
|  * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
 | |
|  * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
 | |
|  * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
 | |
|  * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
 | |
|  * the driver code.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
 | |
|  * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
 | |
|  * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
 | |
|  * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
 | |
|  * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
 | |
|  * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
 | |
|  * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
 | |
|  * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
 | |
|  * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
 | |
|  * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
 | |
|  * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
 | |
|  * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
 | |
|  * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
 | |
|  * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
 | |
|  * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
 | |
|  * @sta_notify callback.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
 | |
|  * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
 | |
|  * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
 | |
|  * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
 | |
|  * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
 | |
|  * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
 | |
|  * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
 | |
|  * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
 | |
|  * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
 | |
|  * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
 | |
|  * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
 | |
|  * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
 | |
|  * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
 | |
|  * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
 | |
|  * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
 | |
|  * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
 | |
|  * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
 | |
|  * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
 | |
|  * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
 | |
|  * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
 | |
|  * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
 | |
|  * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
 | |
|  * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
 | |
|  * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
 | |
|  * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
 | |
|  * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
 | |
|  * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
 | |
|  * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
 | |
|  * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
 | |
|  * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
 | |
|  * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
 | |
|  * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
 | |
|  * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
 | |
|  * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
 | |
|  * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
 | |
|  * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
 | |
|  * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
 | |
|  * buffers for those TIDs contain.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
 | |
|  * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
 | |
|  * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
 | |
|  * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
 | |
|  * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
 | |
|  * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
 | |
|  * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
 | |
|  * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
 | |
|  * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
 | |
|  * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
 | |
|  * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
 | |
|  * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
 | |
|  * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
 | |
|  * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * DOC: HW queue control
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
 | |
|  * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
 | |
|  * was problematic for a few reasons:
 | |
|  * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
 | |
|  * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
 | |
|  * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
 | |
|  * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
 | |
|  * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
 | |
|  * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
 | |
|  * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
 | |
|  * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
 | |
|  * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
 | |
|  * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
 | |
|  * the hardware queue.
 | |
|  * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
 | |
|  * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
 | |
|  * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
 | |
|  * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
 | |
|  * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
 | |
|  * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
 | |
|  * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
 | |
|  * after-DTIM queue for AP:   8
 | |
|  * off-channel queue:         9
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * It would then set up the hardware like this:
 | |
|  *   hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
 | |
|  *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
 | |
|  *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
 | |
|  *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
 | |
|  *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
 | |
|  *   vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
 | |
|  * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
 | |
|  * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
 | |
|  * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
 | |
|  * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
 | |
|  * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
 | |
|  * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
 | |
|  * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
 | |
|  * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
 | |
|  *	by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
 | |
|  *	multicast address.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
 | |
|  *	%RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
 | |
|  *	the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
 | |
|  *	to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
 | |
|  *	by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
 | |
|  *	mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
 | |
|  *	honour this flag if possible.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
 | |
|  *	station
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
 | |
| 	FIF_ALLMULTI		= 1<<1,
 | |
| 	FIF_FCSFAIL		= 1<<2,
 | |
| 	FIF_PLCPFAIL		= 1<<3,
 | |
| 	FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC	= 1<<4,
 | |
| 	FIF_CONTROL		= 1<<5,
 | |
| 	FIF_OTHER_BSS		= 1<<6,
 | |
| 	FIF_PSPOLL		= 1<<7,
 | |
| 	FIF_PROBE_REQ		= 1<<8,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
 | |
|  * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
 | |
|  * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
 | |
|  * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
 | |
|  * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
 | |
|  *	queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
 | |
|  *	driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
 | |
|  *	called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
 | |
|  *	ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
 | |
|  *	session is gone and removes the station.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
 | |
|  *	but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
 | |
|  *	now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
 | |
|  *	should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
 | |
|  * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
 | |
|  * @tid: tid of the BA session
 | |
|  * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
 | |
|  *	action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
 | |
|  *	actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
 | |
|  * @buf_size: reorder buffer size  (number of subframes). Valid only when the
 | |
|  *	action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
 | |
|  *	%IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
 | |
|  * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
 | |
|  *	valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
 | |
|  * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
 | |
|  *	%IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
 | |
| 	enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
 | |
| 	u16 tid;
 | |
| 	u16 ssn;
 | |
| 	u16 buf_size;
 | |
| 	bool amsdu;
 | |
| 	u16 timeout;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
 | |
|  *	frame received on trigger-enabled AC
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
 | |
|  *	to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
 | |
|  *	information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
 | |
|  *	flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
 | |
|  *	changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
 | |
|  *	the peer.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
 | |
|  *	by the peer
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED		= BIT(0),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED	= BIT(1),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED	= BIT(2),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED	= BIT(3),
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
 | |
|  * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
 | |
|  * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
 | |
|  * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
 | |
|  * operations compared to other operations/flows.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
 | |
|  *	for sending managment frames offchannel.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_roc_type {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
 | |
|  * reconfiguration type was completed.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
 | |
|  *	(also due to resume() callback returning 1)
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
 | |
|  *	of wowlan configuration)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
 | |
|  * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
 | |
|  * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
 | |
|  *	skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
 | |
|  *	The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
 | |
|  *	configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
 | |
|  *	preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
 | |
|  *	Must be atomic.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
 | |
|  *	is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
 | |
|  *	frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
 | |
|  *	Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
 | |
|  *	or zero.
 | |
|  *	When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
 | |
|  *	to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
 | |
|  *	is added.
 | |
|  *	Must be implemented and can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
 | |
|  *	is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
 | |
|  *	it must turn off frame reception.)
 | |
|  *	May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
 | |
|  *	an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
 | |
|  *	you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
 | |
|  *	Must be implemented and can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
 | |
|  *	stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
 | |
|  *	ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
 | |
|  *	configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
 | |
|  *	reconfigured at resume time.
 | |
|  *	The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
 | |
|  *	wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
 | |
|  *	supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
 | |
|  *	must return 1 from this function.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
 | |
|  *	now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
 | |
|  *	functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
 | |
|  *	to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
 | |
|  *	will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
 | |
|  *	modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
 | |
|  *	supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
 | |
|  *	in suspend().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
 | |
|  *	enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
 | |
|  *	and @stop must be implemented.
 | |
|  *	The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
 | |
|  *	the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
 | |
|  *	interface is given in the conf parameter.
 | |
|  *	The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
 | |
|  *	negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
 | |
|  *	Must be implemented and can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
 | |
|  *	is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
 | |
|  *	switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
 | |
|  *	Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
 | |
|  *	found by the interface iteration callbacks.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
 | |
|  *	The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
 | |
|  *	and no monitor interfaces are present.
 | |
|  *	When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
 | |
|  *	must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
 | |
|  *	the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
 | |
|  *	MAC address of the device going away.
 | |
|  *	Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
 | |
|  *	function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
 | |
|  *	This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
 | |
|  *	if it does. The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
 | |
|  *	parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
 | |
|  *	level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
 | |
|  *	This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
 | |
|  *	for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
 | |
|  *	of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
 | |
|  *	can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
 | |
|  *	This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
 | |
|  *	to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
 | |
|  *	See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
 | |
|  *	This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
 | |
|  *	This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
 | |
|  *	should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
 | |
|  *	of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
 | |
|  *	which flags are changed.
 | |
|  *	This callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
 | |
|  * 	must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
 | |
|  *	This callback is only called between add_interface and
 | |
|  *	remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
 | |
|  *	is enabled.
 | |
|  *	Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
 | |
|  * 	This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
 | |
|  * 	which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
 | |
|  *	The callback must be atomic.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
 | |
|  *	host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
 | |
|  *	necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
 | |
|  *	After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
 | |
|  *	userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
 | |
|  *	WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
 | |
|  *	offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
 | |
|  *	the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
 | |
|  *	configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
 | |
|  *	registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
 | |
|  *	that power save is disabled.
 | |
|  *	The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
 | |
|  *	entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
 | |
|  *	at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
 | |
|  *	(extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
 | |
|  *	When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
 | |
|  *	note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
 | |
|  *	any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
 | |
|  *	The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
 | |
|  *	but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
 | |
|  *	ieee80211_scan_completed().
 | |
|  *	This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
 | |
|  *	scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
 | |
|  *	specific intervals.  The driver must call the
 | |
|  *	ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
 | |
|  *	This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
 | |
|  *	In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
 | |
|  *	is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
 | |
|  *	The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
 | |
|  *	the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
 | |
|  *	can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
 | |
|  *	software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
 | |
|  *	this notification.
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
 | |
|  * 	Returns zero if statistics are available.
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
 | |
|  *	IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
 | |
|  *	IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
 | |
|  *	The callback must be atomic.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
 | |
|  *	if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
 | |
|  *	stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
 | |
|  *	should be set as well.
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
 | |
|  *	AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
 | |
|  *	station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
 | |
|  *	returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
 | |
|  *	no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
 | |
|  *	the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
 | |
|  *	This callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
 | |
|  *	when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
 | |
|  *	should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
 | |
|  *	callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
 | |
|  *	associated station, AP,  IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
 | |
|  *	in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
 | |
|  *	%IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
 | |
|  *	station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
 | |
|  *	This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
 | |
|  *	It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
 | |
|  *	up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
 | |
|  *	isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
 | |
|  *	period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
 | |
|  *	See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
 | |
|  *	synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
 | |
|  *	pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
 | |
|  *	the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
 | |
|  *	in @sta_state.
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
 | |
|  *	used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
 | |
|  *	from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
 | |
|  *	in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
 | |
|  *	uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
 | |
|  *	otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
 | |
|  *	Must be atomic.
 | |
|  * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
 | |
|  *	is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
 | |
|  *	the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
 | |
|  *	filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
 | |
|  *	let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
 | |
|  *	the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
 | |
|  *	all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
 | |
|  *	Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
 | |
|  *	bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
 | |
|  *	Returns a negative error code on failure.
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
 | |
|  *	this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
 | |
|  *	required function.
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
 | |
|  *	Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
 | |
|  *	required function.
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
 | |
|  *	firmware/hardware.  Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
 | |
|  *	calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
 | |
|  *	as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
 | |
|  *	with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
 | |
|  *	function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
 | |
|  *	TSF synchronization.
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
 | |
|  *	This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
 | |
|  *	used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
 | |
|  *	Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
 | |
|  *	need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
 | |
|  *	and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
 | |
|  *	in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
 | |
|  *	accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
 | |
|  *	estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
 | |
|  *	coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
 | |
|  *	be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
 | |
|  *	that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
 | |
|  *	of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
 | |
|  *	use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
 | |
|  *	If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
 | |
|  *	Note that vif can be NULL.
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
 | |
|  *	switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
 | |
|  *	callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
 | |
|  *	completion of the channel switch.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
 | |
|  *	Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
 | |
|  *	reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
 | |
|  *	(also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
 | |
|  *	call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
 | |
|  *	that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
 | |
|  *	offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
 | |
|  *	normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
 | |
|  *	duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
 | |
|  *	ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
 | |
|  *	Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
 | |
|  *	must be accepted in this case.
 | |
|  *	This callback may sleep.
 | |
|  * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
 | |
|  *	aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
 | |
|  *	queues before entering power save.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
 | |
|  *	when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
 | |
|  *	The callback can sleep.
 | |
|  * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
 | |
|  *	&enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
 | |
|  *	The callback must be atomic.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
 | |
|  *	parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
 | |
|  *	sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
 | |
|  *	to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
 | |
|  *	Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
 | |
|  *	if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
 | |
|  *	the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
 | |
|  *	the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
 | |
|  *	more-data bit must always be set.
 | |
|  *	The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
 | |
|  *	from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
 | |
|  *	In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
 | |
|  *	@num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
 | |
|  *	this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
 | |
|  *	on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
 | |
|  *	period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
 | |
|  *	responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
 | |
|  *	In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
 | |
|  *	bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
 | |
|  *	at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
 | |
|  *	setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
 | |
|  *	service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
 | |
|  *	on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
 | |
|  *	ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
 | |
|  *	This callback must be atomic.
 | |
|  * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
 | |
|  *	to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
 | |
|  *	via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
 | |
|  *	released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
 | |
|  *	and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
 | |
|  *	frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
 | |
|  *	them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
 | |
|  *	on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
 | |
|  *	bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
 | |
|  *	ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
 | |
|  *	The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
 | |
|  *	frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
 | |
|  *	This callback must be atomic.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @get_et_sset_count:  Ethtool API to get string-set count.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @get_et_stats:  Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @get_et_strings:  Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
 | |
|  *	and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
 | |
|  *	before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
 | |
|  *	bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
 | |
|  *	yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
 | |
|  *	transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
 | |
|  *	powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
 | |
|  *	management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
 | |
|  *	driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
 | |
|  *	and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
 | |
|  *	For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
 | |
|  *	would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
 | |
|  *	frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
 | |
|  *	The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
 | |
|  *	mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
 | |
|  *      If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
 | |
|  *      duration for which the operation is requested.
 | |
|  *	The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
 | |
|  *	a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
 | |
|  *	channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
 | |
|  *	setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
 | |
|  *	mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
 | |
|  *	discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
 | |
|  *	2 * (DTIM period).
 | |
|  *	The callback is optional and can sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
 | |
|  *	This callback may sleep.
 | |
|  * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
 | |
|  *	This callback may sleep.
 | |
|  * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
 | |
|  *	may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
 | |
|  *	channel context with different settings
 | |
|  *	This callback may sleep.
 | |
|  * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
 | |
|  *	to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
 | |
|  *	This callback may sleep.
 | |
|  * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
 | |
|  *	unbound from vif.
 | |
|  *	This callback may sleep.
 | |
|  * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
 | |
|  *	another, as specified in the list of
 | |
|  *	@ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
 | |
|  *	to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
 | |
|  *	This callback may sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
 | |
|  *	information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
 | |
|  *	context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
 | |
|  *	software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
 | |
|  *	just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
 | |
|  *	disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
 | |
|  * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
 | |
|  *	during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
 | |
|  *	This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
 | |
|  *	indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
 | |
|  *	This callback may sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
 | |
|  *	Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
 | |
|  *	This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
 | |
|  *	Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
 | |
|  *	function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
 | |
|  *	decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
 | |
|  *	ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
 | |
|  *	get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
 | |
|  *	1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
 | |
|  *	transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
 | |
|  *	If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
 | |
|  *	since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
 | |
|  * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
 | |
|  *	before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
 | |
|  *	gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
 | |
|  *	the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
 | |
|  * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
 | |
|  *	after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
 | |
|  *	driver to go back to a normal configuration.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
 | |
|  *	information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
 | |
|  *	channel context is bound before this is called.
 | |
|  * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
 | |
|  *	specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
 | |
|  *	if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
 | |
|  *	and hardware limits.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
 | |
|  *	is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
 | |
|  *	and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
 | |
|  *	driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
 | |
|  *	the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
 | |
|  *	The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
 | |
|  *	optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
 | |
|  * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
 | |
|  *	peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
 | |
|  * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
 | |
|  *	response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
 | |
|  *	parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
 | |
|  *	an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
 | |
|  *	response template is provided, together with the location of the
 | |
|  *	switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
 | |
|  *	the function call.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
 | |
|  * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
 | |
|  *	synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
 | |
|  *	pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
 | |
|  *	currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
 | |
|  * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
 | |
|  * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
 | |
|  *	contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
 | |
|  *	are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
 | |
|  *	The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
 | |
|  *	some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
 | |
|  *	changed parameters.
 | |
|  * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
 | |
|  *	cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
 | |
|  *	this call.
 | |
|  * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
 | |
|  *	ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
 | |
|  *	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
 | |
|  * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
 | |
|  *	aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
 | |
|  *	between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
 | |
|  *	skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
 | |
|  * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
 | |
|  *	Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_ops {
 | |
| 	void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 		   struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
 | |
| 		   struct sk_buff *skb);
 | |
| 	int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| 	void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| #ifdef CONFIG_PM
 | |
| 	int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
 | |
| 	int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| 	void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 	int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 	int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
 | |
| 	void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 	int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
 | |
| 	void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
 | |
| 				 u32 changed);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 	void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
 | |
| 	void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				 unsigned int changed_flags,
 | |
| 				 unsigned int *total_flags,
 | |
| 				 u64 multicast);
 | |
| 	void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				    unsigned int filter_flags,
 | |
| 				    unsigned int changed_flags);
 | |
| 	int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 		       bool set);
 | |
| 	int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
 | |
| 		       struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 		       struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
 | |
| 	void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
 | |
| 				struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 				u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
 | |
| 	void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			       struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
 | |
| 	void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 					struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
 | |
| 	int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 		       struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
 | |
| 	void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 	int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
 | |
| 				struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
 | |
| 	int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 	void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			      const u8 *mac_addr);
 | |
| 	void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 	int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
 | |
| 	void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			    struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
 | |
| 			    struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
 | |
| 	int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
 | |
| 	int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
 | |
| 	int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 		       struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
 | |
| 	int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
 | |
| #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
 | |
| 	void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 				struct dentry *dir);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 	void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
 | |
| 	int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 			 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
 | |
| 			 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
 | |
| 	void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				   struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
 | |
| 	void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			      struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 			      u32 changed);
 | |
| 	void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				    struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
 | |
| 	void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			       struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 			       struct station_info *sinfo);
 | |
| 	int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 		       struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
 | |
| 		       const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
 | |
| 	u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 	void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			u64 tsf);
 | |
| 	void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			   s64 offset);
 | |
| 	void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 	int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/**
 | |
| 	 * @ampdu_action:
 | |
| 	 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
 | |
| 	 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
 | |
| 	 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
 | |
| 	 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
 | |
| 	 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
 | |
| 	 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
 | |
| 	 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
 | |
| 	 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
 | |
| 	 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
 | |
| 	 * - ``RX:  2....7`` (lost frame #1)
 | |
| 	 * - ``TX:        8..1...``
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
 | |
| 	 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * - ``TX:        1   or``
 | |
| 	 * - ``TX:        18  or``
 | |
| 	 * - ``TX:        81``
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
 | |
| 	 *
 | |
| 	 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
 | |
| 	 * The callback can sleep.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			    struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
 | |
| 	int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
 | |
| 		struct survey_info *survey);
 | |
| 	void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| 	void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
 | |
| #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
 | |
| 	int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			    void *data, int len);
 | |
| 	int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
 | |
| 			     struct netlink_callback *cb,
 | |
| 			     void *data, int len);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 	void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 		      u32 queues, bool drop);
 | |
| 	void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			       struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
 | |
| 	int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
 | |
| 	int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
 | |
| 				 int duration,
 | |
| 				 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
 | |
| 	int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| 	int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
 | |
| 	void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			      u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
 | |
| 	bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| 	int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
 | |
| 	void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			       const struct ieee80211_event *event);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				      struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 				      u16 tids, int num_frames,
 | |
| 				      enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
 | |
| 				      bool more_data);
 | |
| 	void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 					struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 					u16 tids, int num_frames,
 | |
| 					enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
 | |
| 					bool more_data);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	int	(*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
 | |
| 	void	(*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
 | |
| 	void	(*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				  u32 sset, u8 *data);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	void	(*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				  u16 duration);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	void	(*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 					     struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			   struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
 | |
| 	void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			       struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
 | |
| 	void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			       struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
 | |
| 			       u32 changed);
 | |
| 	int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				  struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
 | |
| 	void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				     struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
 | |
| 	int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				  struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
 | |
| 				  int n_vifs,
 | |
| 				  enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				  enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
 | |
| 	void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				 struct inet6_dev *idev);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 	void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				      struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
 | |
| 	int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				  struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				   struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 	void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 	u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				       struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
 | |
| 	int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			   int *dbm);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				   struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
 | |
| 				   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
 | |
| 				   struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
 | |
| 	void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 					   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 					   struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
 | |
| 	void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 					 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 					 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			      struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
 | |
| 	void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
 | |
| 	int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 	int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			       struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
 | |
| 	int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			    const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
 | |
| 	void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			    u8 instance_id);
 | |
| 	bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				       struct sk_buff *head,
 | |
| 				       struct sk_buff *skb);
 | |
| 	int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				       struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
 | |
|  * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
 | |
|  * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
 | |
|  * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
 | |
|  * @priv_data_len.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @priv_data_len: length of private data
 | |
|  * @ops: callbacks for this device
 | |
|  * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
 | |
|  *	NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
 | |
| 					   const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
 | |
| 					   const char *requested_name);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
 | |
|  * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
 | |
|  * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
 | |
|  * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
 | |
|  * @priv_data_len.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @priv_data_len: length of private data
 | |
|  * @ops: callbacks for this device
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline
 | |
| struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
 | |
| 					const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * You must call this function before any other functions in
 | |
|  * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
 | |
|  * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
 | |
|  * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
 | |
|  * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
 | |
|  *	(full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
 | |
| 	int throughput;
 | |
| 	int blink_time;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
 | |
|  *	interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO		= BIT(0),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK		= BIT(1),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED	= BIT(2),
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
 | |
| const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| const char *
 | |
| __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				   unsigned int flags,
 | |
| 				   const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
 | |
| 				   unsigned int blink_table_len);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
 | |
|  * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
 | |
|  * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
 | |
|  * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
 | |
| {
 | |
| #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
 | |
| 	return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
 | |
| #else
 | |
| 	return NULL;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
 | |
|  * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
 | |
|  * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
 | |
|  * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
 | |
| {
 | |
| #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
 | |
| 	return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
 | |
| #else
 | |
| 	return NULL;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
 | |
|  * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
 | |
|  * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
 | |
|  * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
 | |
| {
 | |
| #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
 | |
| 	return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
 | |
| #else
 | |
| 	return NULL;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
 | |
|  * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
 | |
|  * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
 | |
|  * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
 | |
| {
 | |
| #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
 | |
| 	return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
 | |
| #else
 | |
| 	return NULL;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
 | |
|  * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
 | |
|  * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
 | |
|  * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
 | |
|  * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline const char *
 | |
| ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
 | |
| 				 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
 | |
| 				 unsigned int blink_table_len)
 | |
| {
 | |
| #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
 | |
| 	return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
 | |
| 						  blink_table_len);
 | |
| #else
 | |
| 	return NULL;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
 | |
|  * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware to unregister
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
 | |
|  * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
 | |
|  * before calling this function.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware to free
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
 | |
|  * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
 | |
|  * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
 | |
|  * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
 | |
|  * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
 | |
|  * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware to restart
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
 | |
|  * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
 | |
|  * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
 | |
|  * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
 | |
|  * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
 | |
|  * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
 | |
|  * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
 | |
|  * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
 | |
|  * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
 | |
|  * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
 | |
|  * @napi: the NAPI context
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 		       struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
 | |
|  * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
 | |
|  * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
 | |
|  * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
 | |
|  * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
 | |
|  * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
 | |
|  * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
 | |
|  * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
 | |
|  * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
 | |
|  * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
 | |
|  * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
 | |
|  * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
 | |
|  * (internally disables bottom halves).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
 | |
|  * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
 | |
|  * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				   struct sk_buff *skb)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	local_bh_disable();
 | |
| 	ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
 | |
| 	local_bh_enable();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
 | |
|  * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
 | |
|  * entering/leaving PS mode.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
 | |
|  * each other.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sta: currently connected sta
 | |
|  * @start: start or stop PS
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
 | |
|  *                                  (in process context)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
 | |
|  * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
 | |
|  * applies.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sta: currently connected sta
 | |
|  * @start: start or stop PS
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 						  bool start)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	int ret;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	local_bh_disable();
 | |
| 	ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
 | |
| 	local_bh_enable();
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	return ret;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
 | |
|  * @sta: currently connected station
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
 | |
|  * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
 | |
|  * connected station was received.
 | |
|  * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
 | |
|  * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
 | |
|  * be serialized.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
 | |
|  * @sta: currently connected station
 | |
|  * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
 | |
|  * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
 | |
|  * from a connected station was received.
 | |
|  * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
 | |
|  * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
 | |
|  * serialized.
 | |
|  * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
 | |
|  * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
 | |
|  * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
 | |
|  * checks.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|  * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
 | |
|  * This is enough for the radiotap header.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| #define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM	ALIGN(14, 4)
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
 | |
|  * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
 | |
|  * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
 | |
|  * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
 | |
|  * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
 | |
|  * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
 | |
|  * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
 | |
|  * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
 | |
|  * call! Beware of the locking!)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
 | |
|  * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
 | |
|  * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
 | |
|  * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
 | |
|  * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
 | |
|  * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
 | |
|  * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
 | |
|  * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
 | |
|  * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
 | |
|  * use this API.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 				u8 tid, bool buffered);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
 | |
|  * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
 | |
|  * rate selection table for the station entry.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
 | |
|  * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
 | |
|  * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
 | |
|  * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			    struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 			    struct sk_buff *skb,
 | |
| 			    struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
 | |
| 			    int max_rates);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
 | |
|  * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
 | |
|  * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
 | |
|  * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
 | |
|  * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
 | |
|  * slow stations to starve).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
 | |
|  * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
 | |
| 					   u32 thr);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
 | |
|  * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
 | |
|  * in updating the tx rate in data path.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 | |
|  * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
 | |
|  * @info: tx status information
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			      struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
 | |
| 			      struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
 | |
|  * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
 | |
|  * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
 | |
|  * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
 | |
|  * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
 | |
|  * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
 | |
|  * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 | |
|  * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			 struct sk_buff *skb);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
 | |
|  * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
 | |
|  * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
 | |
|  * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
 | |
|  * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 | |
|  * @status: tx status information
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			     struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
 | |
|  * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
 | |
|  * specific skbs.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
 | |
|  * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
 | |
|  * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 | |
|  * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
 | |
|  *	(NULL for multicast packets)
 | |
|  * @info: tx status information
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 					     struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 					     struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
 | |
| 		.sta = sta,
 | |
| 		.info = info,
 | |
| 	};
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
 | |
|  * for a single hardware.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 | |
|  * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 					  struct sk_buff *skb)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	local_bh_disable();
 | |
| 	ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
 | |
| 	local_bh_enable();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
 | |
|  * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 | |
|  * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				 struct sk_buff *skb);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
 | |
|  * connected STA.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
 | |
|  * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
 | |
|  * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
 | |
|  * @tim_length: size of TIM element
 | |
|  * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
 | |
|  *	to CSA counters.  This array can contain zero values which
 | |
|  *	should be ignored.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
 | |
| 	u16 tim_offset;
 | |
| 	u16 tim_length;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
 | |
|  *	receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
 | |
|  * obtain the beacon template.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
 | |
|  * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
 | |
|  * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
 | |
|  * applicable, the CSA count.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct sk_buff *
 | |
| ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			      struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
 | |
|  *	Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
 | |
|  * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
 | |
|  *	(including the ID and length bytes!).
 | |
|  *	Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
 | |
|  * obtain the beacon frame.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
 | |
|  * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
 | |
|  * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
 | |
|  * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 					 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 					 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 						   struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
 | |
|  * This function is called implicitly when
 | |
|  * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
 | |
|  * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
 | |
|  * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: new csa counter value
 | |
|  */
 | |
| u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @counter: the new value for the counter
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be
 | |
|  * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(),
 | |
|  * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
 | |
|  * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
 | |
|  * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
 | |
|  * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Can only be called in AP mode.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 					struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
 | |
|  * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
 | |
|  * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
 | |
|  * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
 | |
|  *	if at all possible
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
 | |
|  * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
 | |
|  * BSSID and address is used.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
 | |
|  * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
 | |
|  * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				       bool qos_ok);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  * @src_addr: source MAC address
 | |
|  * @ssid: SSID buffer
 | |
|  * @ssid_len: length of SSID
 | |
|  * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
 | |
|  * hardware.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				       const u8 *src_addr,
 | |
| 				       const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
 | |
| 				       size_t tailroom);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
 | |
|  * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
 | |
|  * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
 | |
|  * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
 | |
|  * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
 | |
|  * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
 | |
|  * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 		       const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
 | |
| 		       const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
 | |
| 		       struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
 | |
|  * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
 | |
|  * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
 | |
|  * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: The duration.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| __le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
 | |
| 			      const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
 | |
|  * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
 | |
|  * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
 | |
|  * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
 | |
|  * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
 | |
|  * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
 | |
|  * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			     const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
 | |
| 			     const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
 | |
| 			     struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
 | |
|  * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
 | |
|  * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
 | |
|  * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: The duration.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| __le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				    size_t frame_len,
 | |
| 				    const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
 | |
|  * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
 | |
|  * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
 | |
|  * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: The duration.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| __le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 					struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 					enum nl80211_band band,
 | |
| 					size_t frame_len,
 | |
| 					struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
 | |
|  * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
 | |
|  * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
 | |
|  * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
 | |
|  * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
 | |
|  * frames are available.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
 | |
|  * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
 | |
|  * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
 | |
|  * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
 | |
|  * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
 | |
|  * use common code for all beacons.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct sk_buff *
 | |
| ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 | |
|  * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
 | |
|  * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
 | |
| 			       u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
 | |
|  * from the given packet.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 | |
|  * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
 | |
|  *	with this P1K
 | |
|  * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
 | |
| 					  struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
 | |
| 	const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
 | |
| 	u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
 | |
|  * and transmitter address.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 | |
|  * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
 | |
|  * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
 | |
|  * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
 | |
| 			       const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
 | |
|  * in the packet.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 | |
|  * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
 | |
|  *	encrypted with this key
 | |
|  * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
 | |
| 			    struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @pos: start of crypto header
 | |
|  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 | |
|  * @pn: PN to add
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
 | |
|  * the packet payload)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
 | |
|  * point to the crypto header)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 | |
|  * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
 | |
|  *	the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
 | |
|  *	CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
 | |
|  * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
 | |
|  * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
 | |
|  * by the device and not by mac80211.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
 | |
|  * can be done concurrently.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
 | |
| 			      int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 | |
|  * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
 | |
|  *	the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
 | |
|  *	CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
 | |
|  * @seq: new sequence data
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
 | |
|  * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
 | |
|  * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
 | |
|  * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
 | |
|  * can be done concurrently.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
 | |
| 			      int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
 | |
|  * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
 | |
|  * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
 | |
|  * instead assumed to have been removed already.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
 | |
|  * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
 | |
|  * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
 | |
|  * @keyconf: new key data
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
 | |
|  * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
 | |
|  * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
 | |
|  * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
 | |
|  * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
 | |
|  * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
 | |
|  * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
 | |
|  * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
 | |
|  * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
 | |
|  * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
 | |
|  * of the reconfiguration.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
 | |
|  * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
 | |
|  * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
 | |
|  * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
 | |
|  * the key that's being replaced.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_key_conf *
 | |
| ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
 | |
|  * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
 | |
|  * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
 | |
|  * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
 | |
|  * @gfp: allocation flags
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
 | |
| 				const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
 | |
|  * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
 | |
|  * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
 | |
|  * any context, including hardirq context.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
 | |
|  * @info: information about the completed scan
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			      struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
 | |
|  * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
 | |
|  * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
 | |
|  * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
 | |
|  * while associating, for instance.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
 | |
|  *	been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
 | |
|  *	reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
 | |
|  *	interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
 | |
|  *	haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
 | |
|  *	interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
 | |
|  * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL	= 0,
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL	= BIT(0),
 | |
| 	IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE	= BIT(1),
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
 | |
|  * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
 | |
|  * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
 | |
|  * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
 | |
|  * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
 | |
|  * @iterator: the iterator function to call
 | |
|  * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
 | |
| 				  void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
 | |
| 						   struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
 | |
| 				  void *data);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
 | |
|  * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
 | |
|  * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
 | |
|  * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
 | |
|  * be used.
 | |
|  * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
 | |
|  * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
 | |
|  * @iterator: the iterator function to call
 | |
|  * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline void
 | |
| ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
 | |
| 				    void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
 | |
| 						     struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
 | |
| 				    void *data)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
 | |
| 				     iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
 | |
| 				     iterator, data);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
 | |
|  * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
 | |
|  * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
 | |
|  * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
 | |
|  * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
 | |
|  * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
 | |
|  * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
 | |
|  * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 						u32 iter_flags,
 | |
| 						void (*iterator)(void *data,
 | |
| 						    u8 *mac,
 | |
| 						    struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
 | |
| 						void *data);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
 | |
|  * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
 | |
|  * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
 | |
|  * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
 | |
|  * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
 | |
|  * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 					      u32 iter_flags,
 | |
| 					      void (*iterator)(void *data,
 | |
| 						u8 *mac,
 | |
| 						struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
 | |
| 					      void *data);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
 | |
|  * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
 | |
|  * function for them.
 | |
|  * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
 | |
|  * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
 | |
|  * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				       void (*iterator)(void *data,
 | |
| 						struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
 | |
| 				       void *data);
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
 | |
|  * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
 | |
|  * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
 | |
|  * workqueue.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
 | |
|  * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
 | |
|  * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				  struct delayed_work *dwork,
 | |
| 				  unsigned long delay);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
 | |
|  * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
 | |
|  * @tid: the TID to BA on.
 | |
|  * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
 | |
|  * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
 | |
|  * will be managed by the mac80211.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
 | |
| 				  u16 timeout);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
 | |
|  * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
 | |
|  * @tid: the TID to BA on.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
 | |
|  * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
 | |
|  * from any context.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
 | |
| 				      u16 tid);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
 | |
|  * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
 | |
|  * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
 | |
|  * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
 | |
|  * will be managed by the mac80211.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
 | |
|  * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
 | |
|  * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
 | |
|  * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
 | |
|  * can be called from any context.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
 | |
| 				     u16 tid);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
 | |
|  * @addr: station's address
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
 | |
|  * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 					 const u8 *addr);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 | |
|  * @addr: remote station's address
 | |
|  * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
 | |
|  * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
 | |
|  *      the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
 | |
|  *      We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
 | |
|  *      logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
 | |
|  *      BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
 | |
|  *      In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
 | |
|  *      is not reliable.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 					       const u8 *addr,
 | |
| 					       const u8 *localaddr);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
 | |
|  * @hw: the hardware
 | |
|  * @pubsta: the station
 | |
|  * @block: whether to block or unblock
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
 | |
|  * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
 | |
|  * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
 | |
|  * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
 | |
|  * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
 | |
|  * manner.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
 | |
|  * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
 | |
|  * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
 | |
|  * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
 | |
|  * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
 | |
|  * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
 | |
|  * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
 | |
|  * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
 | |
|  * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
 | |
|  * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
 | |
|  * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
 | |
|  * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
 | |
|  * woke up while blocked or not.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			       struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
 | |
|  * @pubsta: the station
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
 | |
|  * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
 | |
|  * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
 | |
|  * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
 | |
|  * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
 | |
|  * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
 | |
|  * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
 | |
|  *     driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
 | |
|  *     you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
 | |
|  *     and restore the _irqsafe version!
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
 | |
|  * @pubsta: the station
 | |
|  * @tid: the tid of the NDP
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
 | |
|  * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
 | |
|  * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
 | |
|  * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
 | |
|  * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
 | |
|  * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
 | |
|  * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
 | |
|  * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
 | |
|  * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
 | |
|  * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
 | |
|  * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
 | |
|  * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
 | |
|  * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
 | |
|  * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 | |
|  * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
 | |
|  * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
 | |
|  * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
 | |
|  * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
 | |
|  * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
 | |
|  * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
 | |
|  * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
 | |
|  * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
 | |
|  * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
 | |
|  * set_key callback.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				      struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 				      struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
 | |
| 				      void *data),
 | |
| 			 void *iter_data);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 | |
|  * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
 | |
|  * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
 | |
|  * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
 | |
|  * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
 | |
|  * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
 | |
|  * in removal process will be skipped.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
 | |
|  * and thus iter must be atomic.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			     void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 					  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 					  struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 					  struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
 | |
| 					  void *data),
 | |
| 			     void *iter_data);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
 | |
|  * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  * @iter: iterator function
 | |
|  * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
 | |
|  * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
 | |
|  * places while calling into the driver.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
 | |
|  * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
 | |
|  * removed.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
 | |
|  * before the restart are considered already present so will be
 | |
|  * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
 | |
|  * or not.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 	void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 		     struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
 | |
| 		     void *data),
 | |
| 	void *iter_data);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
 | |
|  * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
 | |
|  * information. This function must only be called from within the
 | |
|  * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
 | |
|  * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
 | |
|  * %NULL.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 					  struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
 | |
|  * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
 | |
|  * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
 | |
|  * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
 | |
|  * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
 | |
|  * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
 | |
|  * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
 | |
|  * without connection recovery attempts.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
 | |
|  * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
 | |
|  * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
 | |
|  * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
 | |
|  * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
 | |
|  * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
 | |
|  * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
 | |
|  * disconnect normally later.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
 | |
|  * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
 | |
|  * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
 | |
|  * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
 | |
|  *	rssi threshold triggered
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
 | |
|  * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
 | |
|  * @gfp: context flags
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
 | |
|  * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
 | |
|  * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			       enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
 | |
| 			       s32 rssi_level,
 | |
| 			       gfp_t gfp);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @gfp: context flags
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
 | |
|  * and wake up the suspended queues.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
 | |
|  * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
 | |
|  * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			    enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
 | |
|  * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
 | |
|  * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
 | |
|  * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
 | |
|  * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
 | |
|  * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
 | |
|  * @addr: & to bssid mac address
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
 | |
| 				  const u8 *addr);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
 | |
|  * @pubsta: station struct
 | |
|  * @tid: the session's TID
 | |
|  * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
 | |
|  *	assumed to be out of the window after the call
 | |
|  * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
 | |
|  * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
 | |
|  * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
 | |
|  * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
 | |
|  * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
 | |
| 					  u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
 | |
| 					  u16 received_mpdus);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
 | |
|  * buffer.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @ra: the peer's destination address
 | |
|  * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
 | |
|  * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
 | |
|  * @addr: station mac address
 | |
|  * @tid: the rx tid
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
 | |
| 				 unsigned int tid);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
 | |
|  * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
 | |
|  * reordering.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
 | |
|  * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
 | |
|  * @addr: station mac address
 | |
|  * @tid: the rx tid
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 						      const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
 | |
| 		return;
 | |
| 	ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
 | |
|  * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
 | |
|  * reordering.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
 | |
|  * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
 | |
|  * @addr: station mac address
 | |
|  * @tid: the rx tid
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 						     const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
 | |
| 		return;
 | |
| 	ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
 | |
|  * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
 | |
|  * @addr: station mac address
 | |
|  * @tid: the rx tid
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				   const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Rate control API */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
 | |
|  * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
 | |
|  * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
 | |
|  * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
 | |
|  *	to be filled in
 | |
|  * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
 | |
|  *	which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
 | |
|  *	used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
 | |
|  * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
 | |
|  *	RTS threshold
 | |
|  * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
 | |
|  *	if the selected rate supports it
 | |
|  * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
 | |
|  * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
 | |
|  * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
 | |
| 	struct sk_buff *skb;
 | |
| 	struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
 | |
| 	bool rts, short_preamble;
 | |
| 	u32 rate_idx_mask;
 | |
| 	u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
 | |
| 	bool bss;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
 | |
|  */
 | |
| enum rate_control_capabilities {
 | |
| 	/**
 | |
| 	 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
 | |
| 	 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
 | |
| 	 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
 | |
| 	 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
 | |
| 	 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
 | |
| 	 */
 | |
| 	RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct rate_control_ops {
 | |
| 	unsigned long capa;
 | |
| 	const char *name;
 | |
| 	void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
 | |
| 	void (*free)(void *priv);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
 | |
| 	void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
 | |
| 			  struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
 | |
| 			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
 | |
| 	void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
 | |
| 			    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
 | |
| 			    struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
 | |
| 			    u32 changed);
 | |
| 	void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 			 void *priv_sta);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
 | |
| 			      struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
 | |
| 			      void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
 | |
| 	void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
 | |
| 			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
 | |
| 			  struct sk_buff *skb);
 | |
| 	void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
 | |
| 			 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
 | |
| 				struct dentry *dir);
 | |
| 	void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 				 enum nl80211_band band,
 | |
| 				 int index)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to
 | |
|  * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw
 | |
|  * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate
 | |
|  * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return.
 | |
|  * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is
 | |
|  * not null.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of
 | |
|  * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note
 | |
|  * 	that this may be null.
 | |
|  * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null.
 | |
|  * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
 | |
| 			   void *priv_sta,
 | |
| 			   struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline s8
 | |
| rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
 | |
| 		  struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	int i;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
 | |
| 		if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
 | |
| 			return i;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
 | |
| 	WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	/* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
 | |
| 	return 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline
 | |
| bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
 | |
| 			      struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	unsigned int i;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
 | |
| 		if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
 | |
| 			return true;
 | |
| 	return false;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
 | |
|  * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
 | |
|  * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
 | |
|  * the most recent rate control module decision.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 | |
|  * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
 | |
|  * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			   struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
 | |
| 			   struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
 | |
| 
 | |
| int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
 | |
| void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline bool
 | |
| conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline bool
 | |
| conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
 | |
| 	       conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline bool
 | |
| conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
 | |
| 	       conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline bool
 | |
| conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline bool
 | |
| conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
 | |
| 		(conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
 | |
| 		(conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline enum nl80211_iftype
 | |
| ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	if (p2p) {
 | |
| 		switch (type) {
 | |
| 		case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
 | |
| 			return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
 | |
| 		case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
 | |
| 			return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
 | |
| 		default:
 | |
| 			break;
 | |
| 		}
 | |
| 	}
 | |
| 	return type;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static inline enum nl80211_iftype
 | |
| ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 	return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif: the specified virtual interface
 | |
|  * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
 | |
|  * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
 | |
|  * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
 | |
|  * matching GroupId management frame.
 | |
|  * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
 | |
| 
 | |
| void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				   int rssi_min_thold,
 | |
| 				   int rssi_max_thold);
 | |
| 
 | |
| void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif: the specified virtual interface
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
 | |
|  * applicable.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
 | |
|  * @vif: virtual interface
 | |
|  * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
 | |
|  * @gfp: allocation flags
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				    struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
 | |
| 				    gfp_t gfp);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 | |
|  * @vif: virtual interface
 | |
|  * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
 | |
|  * @band: the band to transmit on
 | |
|  * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note: must be called under RCU lock
 | |
|  */
 | |
| bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
 | |
| 			      int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
 | |
|  * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * private:
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
 | |
|  * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct ieee80211_noa_data {
 | |
| 	u32 next_tsf;
 | |
| 	bool has_next_tsf;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	u8 absent;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 	u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
 | |
| 	struct {
 | |
| 		u32 start;
 | |
| 		u32 duration;
 | |
| 		u32 interval;
 | |
| 	} desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @attr: P2P NoA IE
 | |
|  * @data: NoA tracking data
 | |
|  * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
 | |
|  */
 | |
| int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
 | |
| 			    struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @data: NoA tracking data
 | |
|  * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
 | |
|  * @vif: virtual interface
 | |
|  * @peer: the peer's destination address
 | |
|  * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
 | |
|  * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
 | |
|  * @gfp: allocation flags
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
 | |
| 				 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
 | |
| 				 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
 | |
|  * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
 | |
|  * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
 | |
|  * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
 | |
|  * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
 | |
|  * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
 | |
|  * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
 | |
|  * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
 | |
|  * @tid: the TID to reserve
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
 | |
|  */
 | |
| int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
 | |
|  * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
 | |
|  * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
 | |
|  * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
 | |
|  * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @sta: the station
 | |
|  * @tid: the TID to unreserve
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 | |
|  * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 | |
| 				     struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
 | |
|  * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
 | |
|  * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
 | |
|  * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
 | |
|  * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
 | |
| 			     unsigned long *frame_cnt,
 | |
| 			     unsigned long *byte_cnt);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
 | |
|  * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @inst_id: the local instance id
 | |
|  * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
 | |
|  * @gfp: allocation flags
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 				   u8 inst_id,
 | |
| 				   enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
 | |
| 				   gfp_t gfp);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
 | |
|  * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
 | |
|  * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 | |
|  * @match: match event information
 | |
|  * @gfp: allocation flags
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
 | |
| 			      struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
 | |
| 			      gfp_t gfp);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif /* MAC80211_H */
 |